blob: 22e1ebf569705893c335ce579b9ded526f018a35 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff67391b82007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000023#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000024#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnerd2868512009-03-28 03:45:20 +000025#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4dc8a6f2007-05-20 23:50:58 +000026#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000027#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +000028#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000029#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000030#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Anders Carlssona4267a62009-07-18 21:19:52 +000031
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +000032using namespace clang;
33
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +000034unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
35unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +000036unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
37unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +000038unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
39unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +000040unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
41unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
42
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +000043enum FloatingRank {
44 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
45};
46
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000047void
48ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
49 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
50 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
51 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
52 // FIXME: Parameter pack
53
54 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
55 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
56 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
57 PEnd = Params->end();
58 P != PEnd; ++P) {
59 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
60 ID.AddInteger(0);
61 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
62 continue;
63 }
64
65 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
66 ID.AddInteger(1);
67 // FIXME: Parameter pack
68 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getAsOpaquePtr());
69 continue;
70 }
71
72 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
73 ID.AddInteger(2);
74 Profile(ID, TTP);
75 }
76}
77
78TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
79ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
80 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) {
81 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
82 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
83 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
84 void *InsertPos = 0;
85 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
86 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
87 if (Canonical)
88 return Canonical->getParam();
89
90 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
91 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
92 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
93 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
94 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
95 PEnd = Params->end();
96 P != PEnd; ++P) {
97 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
98 CanonParams.push_back(
99 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
100 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
101 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
102 TTP->isParameterPack()));
103 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
104 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P))
105 CanonParams.push_back(
106 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
107 SourceLocation(), NTTP->getDepth(),
108 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
109 getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()),
110 0));
111 else
112 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
113 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
114 }
115
116 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
117 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
118 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
119 TTP->getPosition(), 0,
120 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
121 SourceLocation(),
122 CanonParams.data(),
123 CanonParams.size(),
124 SourceLocation()));
125
126 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
127 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
128 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
129 (void)Canonical;
130
131 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
132 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
133 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
134 return CanonTTP;
135}
136
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000137ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar1b444192009-11-13 05:51:54 +0000138 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000139 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000140 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000141 unsigned size_reserve) :
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +0000142 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
143 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
Argyrios Kyrtzidise862cbc2010-07-04 21:44:19 +0000144 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), IsInt128Installed(false),
145 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), NSConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +0000146 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +0000147 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
John McCall8cb7bdf2010-06-04 23:28:52 +0000148 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000149 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), Target(t),
Douglas Gregorc6d5edd2009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000150 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Ted Kremenek6aead3a2010-05-10 20:40:08 +0000151 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
152 DeclarationNames(*this),
153 ExternalSource(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Ted Kremenek520f47b2010-06-18 00:31:04 +0000154 LastSDM(0, 0),
155 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0), UniqueBlockParmTypeID(0) {
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000156 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
157 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000158 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000159 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000160 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000161 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000162}
163
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000164ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000165 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
166 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
167 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000168
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000169 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
170 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
171 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000172
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000173 // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods.
174 for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator
175 OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end();
176 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
177 OM->second.Destroy();
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000178
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000179 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000180 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
181 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
182 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
183 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
184 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
185 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
186 R->Destroy(*this);
187
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000188 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
189 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
190 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
191 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
192 R->Destroy(*this);
193 }
Ted Kremenek40ee0cc2009-12-23 21:13:52 +0000194 }
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000195
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000196void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
197 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
198}
199
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000200void
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000201ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
202 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
203}
204
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000205void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
206 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
207 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000208
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000209 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000210#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000211#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
212#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
213 0 // Extra
214 };
Douglas Gregorb1fe2c92009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000215
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000216 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
217 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000218 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000219 }
220
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000221 unsigned Idx = 0;
222 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
223#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
224 if (counts[Idx]) \
225 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
226 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
227 ++Idx;
228#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
229#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000230
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000231 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregor747eb782010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000232
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000233 // Implicit special member functions.
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000234 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit default constructors created\n",
235 NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared,
236 NumImplicitDefaultConstructors);
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000237 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy constructors created\n",
238 NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared,
239 NumImplicitCopyConstructors);
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000240 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy assignment operators created\n",
241 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared,
242 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000243 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit destructors created\n",
244 NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared, NumImplicitDestructors);
245
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000246 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
247 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
248 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
249 }
Douglas Gregor747eb782010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000250
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000251 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000252}
253
254
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000255void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000256 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000257 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000258 Types.push_back(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000259}
260
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000261void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
262 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000264 // C99 6.2.5p19.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000265 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000266
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000267 // C99 6.2.5p2.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000268 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000269 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman9ffd4a92009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000270 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Chris Lattnerb16f4552007-06-03 07:25:34 +0000271 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
272 else
273 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000274 // C99 6.2.5p4.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000275 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
276 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
277 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
278 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
279 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000280
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000281 // C99 6.2.5p6.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000282 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
283 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
284 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
285 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
286 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000287
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000288 // C99 6.2.5p10.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000289 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
290 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
291 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000292
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000293 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
294 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
295 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
296
Chris Lattner007cb022009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000297 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++ 3.9.1p5
298 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar);
299 else // C99
300 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000301
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000302 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
303 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
304 else // C99
305 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
306
307 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
308 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
309 else // C99
310 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
311
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000312 // Placeholder type for functions.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000313 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
314
315 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
316 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
317 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
318 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
319 // expressions.
320 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000321
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000322 // Placeholder type for C++0x auto declarations whose real type has
Anders Carlsson082acde2009-06-26 18:41:36 +0000323 // not yet been deduced.
324 InitBuiltinType(UndeducedAutoTy, BuiltinType::UndeducedAuto);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000325
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000326 // C99 6.2.5p11.
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +0000327 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
328 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
329 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000330
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000331 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000332
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000333 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
334 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
335 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000336 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000337
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000338 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000339 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
340 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000341 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000342
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000343 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000344
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000345 // void * type
346 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000347
348 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
349 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000350}
351
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000352MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000353ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000354 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000355 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000356 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
357 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
358 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000359
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000360 return Pos->second;
361}
362
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000363void
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000364ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000365 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
366 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000367 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
368 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
369 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
370 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000371 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000372 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000373}
374
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000375NamedDecl *
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000376ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000377 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000378 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
379 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000380 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000381
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000382 return Pos->second;
383}
384
385void
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000386ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
387 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
388 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
389 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
390 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
391 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
392 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
393}
394
395UsingShadowDecl *
396ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
397 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
398 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
399 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
400 return 0;
401
402 return Pos->second;
403}
404
405void
406ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
407 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
408 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
409 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000410}
411
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000412FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
413 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
414 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
415 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
416 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000417
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000418 return Pos->second;
419}
420
421void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
422 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
423 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
424 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
425 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
426 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000427
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000428 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
429}
430
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000431ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
432ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
433 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
434 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
435 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
436 return 0;
437
438 return Pos->second.begin();
439}
440
441ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
442ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
443 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
444 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
445 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
446 return 0;
447
448 return Pos->second.end();
449}
450
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6685e8a2010-07-04 21:44:35 +0000451unsigned
452ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
453 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
454 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
455 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
456 return 0;
457
458 return Pos->second.size();
459}
460
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000461void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
462 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
463 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
464}
465
Douglas Gregorc6d5edd2009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000466namespace {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000467 class BeforeInTranslationUnit
Douglas Gregorc6d5edd2009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000468 : std::binary_function<SourceRange, SourceRange, bool> {
469 SourceManager *SourceMgr;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000470
Douglas Gregorc6d5edd2009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000471 public:
472 explicit BeforeInTranslationUnit(SourceManager *SM) : SourceMgr(SM) { }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000473
Douglas Gregorc6d5edd2009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000474 bool operator()(SourceRange X, SourceRange Y) {
475 return SourceMgr->isBeforeInTranslationUnit(X.getBegin(), Y.getBegin());
476 }
477 };
478}
479
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000480//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
481// Type Sizing and Analysis
482//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000483
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000484/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
485/// scalar floating point type.
486const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000487 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000488 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
489 switch (BT->getKind()) {
490 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
491 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
492 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
493 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
494 }
495}
496
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000497/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000498/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
499/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000500/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
501/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000502CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) {
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000503 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
504
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000505 if (const AlignedAttr* AA = D->getAttr<AlignedAttr>())
Alexis Hunt96d5c762009-11-21 08:43:09 +0000506 Align = std::max(Align, AA->getMaxAlignment());
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000507
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000508 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
509 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000510 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000511 if (RefAsPointee)
512 T = RT->getPointeeType();
513 else
514 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
515 }
516 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
Rafael Espindolae971b9a2010-06-04 23:15:27 +0000517 unsigned MinWidth = Target.getLargeArrayMinWidth();
518 unsigned ArrayAlign = Target.getLargeArrayAlign();
519 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) && MinWidth != 0)
520 Align = std::max(Align, ArrayAlign);
521 if (ConstantArrayType *CT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) {
522 unsigned Size = getTypeSize(CT);
523 if (MinWidth != 0 && MinWidth <= Size)
524 Align = std::max(Align, ArrayAlign);
525 }
Anders Carlsson9b5038e2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000526 // Incomplete or function types default to 1.
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000527 while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T))
528 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType();
529
530 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
531 }
Charles Davis3fc51072010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000532 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
533 // In the case of a field in a packed struct, we want the minimum
534 // of the alignment of the field and the alignment of the struct.
535 Align = std::min(Align,
536 getPreferredTypeAlign(FD->getParent()->getTypeForDecl()));
537 }
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000538 }
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000539
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000540 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align / Target.getCharWidth());
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000541}
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000542
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000543std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
544ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) {
545 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
546 return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.first / getCharWidth()),
547 CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.second / getCharWidth()));
548}
549
550std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
551ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) {
552 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
553}
554
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000555/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
556/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000557///
558/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
559/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
560/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000561std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000562ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) {
Mike Stump5b9a3d52009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000563 uint64_t Width=0;
564 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000565 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000566#define TYPE(Class, Base)
567#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000568#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000569#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
570#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000571 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000572 break;
573
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000574 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
575 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000576 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
577 Width = 0;
578 Align = 32;
579 break;
580
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000581 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000582 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000583 Width = 0;
584 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
585 break;
586
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000587 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000588 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000589
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000590 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000591 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000592 Align = EltInfo.second;
593 break;
Christopher Lambc5fafa22007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000594 }
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000595 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000596 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000597 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
598 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
599 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman3df5efe2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000600 Align = Width;
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000601 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
602 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohmanef78c8e2010-04-21 23:32:43 +0000603 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000604 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
605 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
606 }
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000607 break;
608 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000609
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000610 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000611 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000612 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000613 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000614 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
615 Width = 0;
616 Align = 8;
617 break;
618
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000619 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000620 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
621 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000622 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000623 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
624 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
625 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000626 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000627 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
628 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000629 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000630 case BuiltinType::WChar:
631 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
632 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
633 break;
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000634 case BuiltinType::Char16:
635 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
636 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
637 break;
638 case BuiltinType::Char32:
639 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
640 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
641 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000642 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000643 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000644 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
645 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000646 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000647 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000648 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000649 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
650 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000651 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000652 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000653 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000654 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
655 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000656 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000657 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000658 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000659 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
660 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000661 break;
Chris Lattner0a415ec2009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000662 case BuiltinType::Int128:
663 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
664 Width = 128;
665 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
666 break;
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000667 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000668 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
669 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000670 break;
671 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000672 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
673 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000674 break;
675 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000676 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
677 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000678 break;
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000679 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
680 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
681 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redla81b0b72009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000682 break;
Fariborz Jahanian9c6a39e2010-08-02 18:03:20 +0000683 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
684 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
685 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
686 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
687 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
688 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000689 }
Chris Lattner48f84b82007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000690 break;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000691 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000692 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000693 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000694 break;
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000695 case Type::BlockPointer: {
696 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
697 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
698 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
699 break;
700 }
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000701 case Type::LValueReference:
702 case Type::RValueReference: {
703 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
704 // the pointer route.
705 unsigned AS = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
706 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
707 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
708 break;
709 }
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000710 case Type::Pointer: {
711 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000712 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000713 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
714 break;
715 }
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000716 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000717 QualType Pointee = cast<MemberPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000718 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000719 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
720 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000721 if (Pointee->isFunctionType())
722 Width *= 2;
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000723 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
724 break;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000725 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000726 case Type::Complex: {
727 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
728 // size.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000729 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000730 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000731 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000732 Align = EltInfo.second;
733 break;
734 }
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +0000735 case Type::ObjCObject:
736 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000737 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000738 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000739 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
740 Width = Layout.getSize();
741 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
742 break;
743 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000744 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000745 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000746 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
747
748 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner572100b2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000749 Width = 1;
750 Align = 1;
751 break;
752 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000753
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000754 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000755 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
756
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000757 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000758 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
759 Width = Layout.getSize();
760 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
Chris Lattner49a953a2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000761 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000762 }
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000763
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000764 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000765 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
766 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000767
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000768 case Type::Typedef: {
769 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000770 if (const AlignedAttr *Aligned = Typedef->getAttr<AlignedAttr>()) {
Alexis Hunt96d5c762009-11-21 08:43:09 +0000771 Align = std::max(Aligned->getMaxAlignment(),
772 getTypeAlign(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000773 Width = getTypeSize(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
774 } else
775 return getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000776 break;
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000777 }
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000778
779 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
780 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
781 .getTypePtr());
782
783 case Type::TypeOf:
784 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
785
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000786 case Type::Decltype:
787 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
788 .getTypePtr());
789
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +0000790 case Type::Elaborated:
791 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000792
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000793 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000794 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000795 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
796 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
797 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
798 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
799 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
800 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000801
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000802 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000803 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000804}
805
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000806/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
807/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
808CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) {
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000809 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000810}
811CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) {
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000812 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000813}
814
Ken Dycka6046ab2010-01-26 17:25:18 +0000815/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000816/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
817CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) {
818 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
819}
820CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) {
821 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
822}
823
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000824/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
825/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
826/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
827/// a data type.
828unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) {
829 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000830
831 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000832 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000833 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
834 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
835 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
836 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
837
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000838 return ABIAlign;
839}
840
Daniel Dunbare4f25b72009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000841static void CollectLocalObjCIvars(ASTContext *Ctx,
842 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
843 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
Fariborz Jahanianf327e892008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000844 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
845 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattner5b36ddb2009-03-31 08:48:01 +0000846 ObjCIvarDecl *IVDecl = *I;
Fariborz Jahanianf327e892008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000847 if (!IVDecl->isInvalidDecl())
848 Fields.push_back(cast<FieldDecl>(IVDecl));
849 }
850}
851
Daniel Dunbare4f25b72009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000852void ASTContext::CollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
853 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
854 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
855 CollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, Fields);
856 CollectLocalObjCIvars(this, OI, Fields);
857}
858
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000859/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
860/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
861///
862void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000863 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000864 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
865 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
866 Ivars.push_back(*I);
867 }
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000868
869 CollectNonClassIvars(OI, Ivars);
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000870}
871
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000872/// CollectNonClassIvars -
873/// This routine collects all other ivars which are not declared in the class.
Ted Kremenek86838aa2010-03-11 19:44:54 +0000874/// This includes synthesized ivars (via @synthesize) and those in
875// class's @implementation.
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000876///
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000877void ASTContext::CollectNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000878 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahanianafe13862010-02-23 01:26:30 +0000879 // Find ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian3bf0ded2010-06-22 23:20:40 +0000880 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
881 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension()) {
Fariborz Jahanianafe13862010-02-23 01:26:30 +0000882 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::ivar_iterator I = CDecl->ivar_begin(),
883 E = CDecl->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
884 Ivars.push_back(*I);
885 }
886 }
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000887
Ted Kremenek86838aa2010-03-11 19:44:54 +0000888 // Also add any ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
889 // includes synthesized ivars.
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000890 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) {
891 for (ObjCImplementationDecl::ivar_iterator I = ImplDecl->ivar_begin(),
892 E = ImplDecl->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
893 Ivars.push_back(*I);
894 }
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000895}
896
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000897/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
898/// those inherited by it.
899void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000900 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000901 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
902 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
903 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
904 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000905 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000906 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000907 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
908 Protocols.insert(*P);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000909 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
910 }
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000911 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000912
913 // Categories of this Interface.
914 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
915 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
916 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
917 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
918 while (SD) {
919 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
920 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
921 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000922 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000923 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
924 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
925 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000926 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000927 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
928 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
929 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
930 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000931 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000932 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
933 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
934 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000935 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000936 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
937 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
938 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
939 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000940 }
941}
942
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000943unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) {
944 unsigned count = 0;
945 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian3bf0ded2010-06-22 23:20:40 +0000946 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
947 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000948 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
949
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000950 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
951 // includes synthesized ivars.
952 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000953 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
954
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000955 return count;
956}
957
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6d9fab72009-07-21 00:05:53 +0000958/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
959ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
960 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
961 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
962 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
963 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
964 return 0;
965}
966/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
967ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
968 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
969 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
970 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
971 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
972 return 0;
973}
974
975/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
976void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
977 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
978 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
979 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
980}
981/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
982void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
983 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
984 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
985 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
986}
987
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000988/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +0000989///
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000990/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +0000991/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
992///
993/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
994/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
995/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000996TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +0000997 unsigned DataSize) {
998 if (!DataSize)
999 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1000 else
1001 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001002 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001003
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001004 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1005 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1006 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1007 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001008}
1009
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001010TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall3665e002009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001011 SourceLocation L) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001012 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
John McCall3665e002009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001013 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(L);
1014 return DI;
1015}
1016
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001017const ASTRecordLayout &
1018ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1019 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1020}
1021
1022const ASTRecordLayout &
1023ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
1024 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1025}
1026
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001027//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1028// Type creation/memoization methods
1029//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1030
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001031QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *TypeNode, Qualifiers Quals) {
1032 unsigned Fast = Quals.getFastQualifiers();
1033 Quals.removeFastQualifiers();
1034
1035 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1036 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1037 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, TypeNode, Quals);
1038 void *InsertPos = 0;
1039 if (ExtQuals *EQ = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
1040 assert(EQ->getQualifiers() == Quals);
1041 QualType T = QualType(EQ, Fast);
1042 return T;
1043 }
1044
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001045 ExtQuals *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(*this, TypeNode, Quals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001046 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1047 QualType T = QualType(New, Fast);
1048 return T;
1049}
1050
1051QualType ASTContext::getVolatileType(QualType T) {
1052 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1053 if (CanT.isVolatileQualified()) return T;
1054
1055 QualifierCollector Quals;
1056 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
1057 Quals.addVolatile();
1058
1059 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
1060}
1061
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00001062QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001063 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1064 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattner445fcab2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001065 return T;
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001066
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001067 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1068 // into one ExtQuals node.
1069 QualifierCollector Quals;
1070 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001071
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001072 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1073 // another one.
1074 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1075 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1076 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001077
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001078 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lamb025b5fb2008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001079}
1080
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001081QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001082 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) {
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001083 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001084 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001085 return T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001086
Fariborz Jahanianb68215c2009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001087 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001088 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001089 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb68215c2009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001090 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1091 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1092 }
1093 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001094
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001095 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1096 // into one ExtQuals node.
1097 QualifierCollector Quals;
1098 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001099
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001100 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1101 // another one.
1102 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1103 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1104 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001105
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001106 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001107}
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001108
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001109static QualType getExtFunctionType(ASTContext& Context, QualType T,
1110 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001111 QualType ResultType;
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001112 if (const PointerType *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1113 QualType Pointee = Pointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001114 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001115 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1116 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001117
1118 ResultType = Context.getPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001119 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BlockPointer
1120 = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
1121 QualType Pointee = BlockPointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001122 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001123 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1124 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001125
1126 ResultType = Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
1127 } else if (const FunctionType *F = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001128 if (F->getExtInfo() == Info)
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001129 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001130
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001131 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(F)) {
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001132 ResultType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001133 Info);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001134 } else {
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001135 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001136 ResultType
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001137 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1138 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
1139 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
1140 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
1141 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
1142 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
1143 FPT->exception_begin(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001144 Info);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001145 }
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001146 } else
1147 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001148
1149 return Context.getQualifiedType(ResultType, T.getLocalQualifiers());
1150}
1151
1152QualType ASTContext::getNoReturnType(QualType T, bool AddNoReturn) {
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001153 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001154 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1155 Info.withNoReturn(AddNoReturn));
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001156}
1157
1158QualType ASTContext::getCallConvType(QualType T, CallingConv CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001159 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001160 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1161 Info.withCallingConv(CallConv));
Mike Stump8c5d7992009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001162}
1163
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001164QualType ASTContext::getRegParmType(QualType T, unsigned RegParm) {
1165 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
1166 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1167 Info.withRegParm(RegParm));
1168}
1169
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001170/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1171/// number with the specified element type.
1172QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) {
1173 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1174 // structure.
1175 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1176 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001177
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001178 void *InsertPos = 0;
1179 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1180 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001181
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001182 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1183 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1184 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001185 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001186 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001187
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001188 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1189 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001190 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001191 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001192 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001193 Types.push_back(New);
1194 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1195 return QualType(New, 0);
1196}
1197
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +00001198/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1199/// the specified type.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001200QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) {
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +00001201 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1202 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001203 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001204 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001205
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001206 void *InsertPos = 0;
1207 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001208 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001209
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001210 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1211 // so fill in the canonical type field.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001212 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001213 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001214 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001215
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001216 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1217 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001218 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001219 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001220 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001221 Types.push_back(New);
1222 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001223 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001224}
1225
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001226/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001227/// a pointer to the specified block.
1228QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff0ac012832008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001229 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1230 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001231 // structure.
1232 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1233 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001234
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001235 void *InsertPos = 0;
1236 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1237 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1238 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001239
1240 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001241 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1242 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001243 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001244 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001245
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001246 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1247 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1248 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001249 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001250 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001251 BlockPointerType *New
1252 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001253 Types.push_back(New);
1254 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1255 return QualType(New, 0);
1256}
1257
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001258/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1259/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001260QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) {
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001261 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1262 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001263 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001264 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001265
1266 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001267 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1268 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001269 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001270
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001271 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1272
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001273 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1274 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1275 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001276 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1277 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1278 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001279
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001280 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001281 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1282 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001283 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001284 }
1285
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001286 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001287 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1288 SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001289 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001290 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001291
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001292 return QualType(New, 0);
1293}
1294
1295/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1296/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
1297QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) {
1298 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1299 // structure.
1300 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001301 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001302
1303 void *InsertPos = 0;
1304 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1305 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1306 return QualType(RT, 0);
1307
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001308 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1309
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001310 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1311 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1312 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001313 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1314 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1315 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001316
1317 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1318 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1319 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1320 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1321 }
1322
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001323 RValueReferenceType *New
1324 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001325 Types.push_back(New);
1326 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001327 return QualType(New, 0);
1328}
1329
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001330/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1331/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001332QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001333 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1334 // structure.
1335 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1336 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1337
1338 void *InsertPos = 0;
1339 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1340 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1341 return QualType(PT, 0);
1342
1343 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1344 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1345 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor615ac672009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001346 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001347 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1348
1349 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1350 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1351 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1352 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1353 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001354 MemberPointerType *New
1355 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001356 Types.push_back(New);
1357 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1358 return QualType(New, 0);
1359}
1360
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001361/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001362/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001363QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001364 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001365 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1366 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
Sebastian Redl2dfdb822009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001367 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1368 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedmanbe7e42b2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001369 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1370
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001371 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1372 // the target.
1373 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
1374 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001375
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001376 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner780b46f2009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001377 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001378
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001379 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001380 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001381 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001382 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001383
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001384 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1385 // so fill in the canonical type field.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001386 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001387 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001388 Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001389 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001390 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001391 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001392 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001393 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001394 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001395
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001396 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
1397 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001398 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001399 Types.push_back(New);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001400 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001401}
1402
Steve Naroffcadebd02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001403/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1404/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001405QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1406 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001407 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001408 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1409 SourceRange Brackets) {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001410 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1411 // that have an expression provided for their size.
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001412 QualType CanonType;
1413
1414 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
1415 if (NumElts)
1416 NumElts->Retain();
1417 CanonType = getVariableArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), NumElts, ASM,
1418 EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
1419 }
1420
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001421 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001422 VariableArrayType(EltTy, CanonType, NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001423
1424 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1425 Types.push_back(New);
1426 return QualType(New, 0);
1427}
1428
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001429/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1430/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001431/// type.
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001432QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1433 Expr *NumElts,
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001434 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001435 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1436 SourceRange Brackets) {
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001437 assert((!NumElts || NumElts->isTypeDependent() ||
1438 NumElts->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001439 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1440
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001441 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001442 DependentSizedArrayType *Canon = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001443 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001444
1445 if (NumElts) {
1446 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified
1447 // number of elements will have their sizes deduced from an
1448 // initializer.
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001449 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(EltTy), ASM,
1450 EltTypeQuals, NumElts);
1451
1452 Canon = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1453 }
1454
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001455 DependentSizedArrayType *New;
1456 if (Canon) {
1457 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1458 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001459 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1460 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(Canon, 0),
1461 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001462 } else {
1463 QualType CanonEltTy = getCanonicalType(EltTy);
1464 if (CanonEltTy == EltTy) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001465 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1466 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(),
1467 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001468
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001469 if (NumElts) {
1470 DependentSizedArrayType *CanonCheck
1471 = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1472 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized canonical array type broken");
1473 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001474 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001475 }
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001476 } else {
1477 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedArrayType(CanonEltTy, NumElts,
1478 ASM, EltTypeQuals,
1479 SourceRange());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001480 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1481 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, Canon,
1482 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001483 }
1484 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001485
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001486 Types.push_back(New);
1487 return QualType(New, 0);
1488}
1489
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001490QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1491 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1492 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
1493 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner780b46f2009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001494 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001495
1496 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001497 if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP =
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001498 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1499 return QualType(ATP, 0);
1500
1501 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1502 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1503 QualType Canonical;
1504
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001505 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001506 Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy),
Ted Kremenek843ebedd2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001507 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001508
1509 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1510 IncompleteArrayType *NewIP =
1511 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001512 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Ted Kremenek843ebedd2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001513 }
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001514
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001515 IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1516 IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001517
1518 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1519 Types.push_back(New);
1520 return QualType(New, 0);
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001521}
1522
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001523/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1524/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001525QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001526 VectorType::AltiVecSpecific AltiVecSpec) {
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001527 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001528
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001529 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001530 assert(baseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001531
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001532 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1533 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001534 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, AltiVecSpec);
1535
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001536 void *InsertPos = 0;
1537 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1538 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1539
1540 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1541 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1542 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00001543 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001544 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts,
1545 VectorType::NotAltiVec);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001546
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001547 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1548 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001549 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001550 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001551 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001552 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, AltiVecSpec);
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001553 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1554 Types.push_back(New);
1555 return QualType(New, 0);
1556}
1557
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001558/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001559/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001560QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001561 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001562
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001563 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001564 assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001565
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001566 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1567 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001568 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
1569 VectorType::NotAltiVec);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001570 void *InsertPos = 0;
1571 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1572 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1573
1574 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1575 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1576 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001577 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001578 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001579
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001580 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1581 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001582 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001583 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001584 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1585 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001586 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1587 Types.push_back(New);
1588 return QualType(New, 0);
1589}
1590
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001591QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001592 Expr *SizeExpr,
1593 SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001594 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001595 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001596 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001597
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001598 void *InsertPos = 0;
1599 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1600 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1601 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1602 if (Canon) {
1603 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1604 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001605 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1606 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1607 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001608 } else {
1609 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1610 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001611 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1612 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1613 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001614
1615 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
1616 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1617 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
1618 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001619 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1620 } else {
1621 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1622 SourceLocation());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001623 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1624 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001625 }
1626 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001627
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001628 Types.push_back(New);
1629 return QualType(New, 0);
1630}
1631
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001632/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001633///
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001634QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
1635 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
1636 const CallingConv CallConv = Info.getCC();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001637 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1638 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001639 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001640 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001641
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001642 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001643 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001644 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001645 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001646
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001647 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001648 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001649 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001650 Canonical =
1651 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
1652 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001653
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001654 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001655 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1656 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001657 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001658 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001659
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001660 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001661 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, Info);
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001662 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001663 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001664 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001665}
1666
1667/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1668/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00001669QualType ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,const QualType *ArgArray,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis22c40fa2008-10-24 21:46:40 +00001670 unsigned NumArgs, bool isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001671 unsigned TypeQuals, bool hasExceptionSpec,
1672 bool hasAnyExceptionSpec, unsigned NumExs,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001673 const QualType *ExArray,
1674 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
1675 const CallingConv CallConv= Info.getCC();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001676 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1677 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001678 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001679 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001680 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001681 NumExs, ExArray, Info);
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00001682
1683 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001684 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001685 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001686 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001687
1688 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001689 bool isCanonical = !hasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001690 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001691 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001692 isCanonical = false;
1693
1694 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001695 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001696 QualType Canonical;
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001697 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001698 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001699 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1700 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001701 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001702
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001703 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001704 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorf9bd4ec2009-08-05 19:03:35 +00001705 isVariadic, TypeQuals, false,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001706 false, 0, 0,
1707 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001708
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00001709 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001710 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1711 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001712 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001713 }
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001714
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001715 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001716 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1717 // end of them.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001718 FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001719 (FunctionProtoType*)Allocate(sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1720 NumArgs*sizeof(QualType) +
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001721 NumExs*sizeof(QualType), TypeAlignment);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001722 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001723 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001724 ExArray, NumExs, Canonical, Info);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001725 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001726 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001727 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001728}
Chris Lattneref51c202006-11-10 07:17:23 +00001729
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001730#ifndef NDEBUG
1731static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
1732 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
1733 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
1734 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1735 return true;
1736 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
1737 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1738 return true;
1739 return false;
1740}
1741#endif
1742
1743/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
1744/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
1745QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
1746 QualType TST) {
1747 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
1748 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
1749 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2c2167a2010-07-02 11:55:32 +00001750 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001751 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
1752 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
1753 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
1754 } else {
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001755 Decl->TypeForDecl =
1756 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001757 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1758 }
1759 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1760}
1761
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001762/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1763/// specified type declaration.
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001764QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis89656d22008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001765 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001766 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001767
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001768 if (const TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001769 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001770
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001771 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
1772 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
1773
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001774 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001775 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1776 "struct/union has previous declaration");
1777 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001778 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001779 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001780 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1781 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001782 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001783 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001784 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
1785 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001786 } else
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001787 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001788
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001789 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001790 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001791}
1792
Chris Lattner32d920b2007-01-26 02:01:53 +00001793/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00001794/// specified typename decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001795QualType
1796ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefDecl *Decl, QualType Canonical) {
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001797 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001798
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001799 if (Canonical.isNull())
1800 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001801 Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1802 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
Chris Lattnercceab1a2007-03-26 20:16:44 +00001803 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001804 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00001805}
1806
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001807QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) {
1808 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1809
1810 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
1811 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
1812 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1813
1814 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
1815 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1816 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1817}
1818
1819QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) {
1820 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1821
1822 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
1823 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
1824 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1825
1826 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
1827 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1828 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1829}
1830
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001831/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
1832QualType
1833ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
1834 QualType Replacement) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001835 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001836 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
1837
1838 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1839 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
1840 void *InsertPos = 0;
1841 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
1842 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1843
1844 if (!SubstParm) {
1845 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1846 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
1847 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
1848 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
1849 }
1850
1851 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
1852}
1853
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001854/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001855/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001856/// name.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001857QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001858 bool ParameterPack,
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001859 IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001860 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001861 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001862 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001863 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001864 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1865
1866 if (TypeParm)
1867 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001868
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001869 if (Name) {
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001870 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001871 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1872 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001873
1874 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
1875 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1876 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
1877 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001878 } else
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001879 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1880 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001881
1882 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
1883 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
1884
1885 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
1886}
1887
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001888TypeSourceInfo *
1889ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
1890 SourceLocation NameLoc,
1891 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
1892 QualType CanonType) {
1893 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, CanonType);
1894
1895 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
1896 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
1897 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
1898 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
1899 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
1900 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
1901 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
1902 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
1903 return DI;
1904}
1905
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001906QualType
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001907ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001908 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
John McCall30576cd2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00001909 QualType Canon) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001910 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
1911
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001912 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
1913 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
1914 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
1915 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
1916
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001917 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
John McCall30576cd2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00001918 Canon);
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001919}
1920
1921QualType
1922ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001923 const TemplateArgument *Args,
1924 unsigned NumArgs,
John McCall30576cd2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00001925 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregor15301382009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001926 if (!Canon.isNull())
1927 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001928 else
1929 Canon = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregord56a91e2009-02-26 22:19:44 +00001930
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001931 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
1932 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
1933 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001934 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregorc40290e2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00001935 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001936 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001937 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00001938 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template,
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001939 Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor00044172009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001940 Canon);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001941
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001942 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001943 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001944}
1945
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001946QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001947ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
1948 const TemplateArgument *Args,
1949 unsigned NumArgs) {
1950 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
1951 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
1952 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
1953 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1954 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
1955 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
1956
1957 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
1958 // exists.
1959 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1960 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
1961 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
1962
1963 void *InsertPos = 0;
1964 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1965 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1966
1967 if (!Spec) {
1968 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
1969 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
1970 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
1971 TypeAlignment);
1972 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
1973 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
1974 QualType());
1975 Types.push_back(Spec);
1976 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
1977 }
1978
1979 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
1980 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
1981 return QualType(Spec, 0);
1982}
1983
1984QualType
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001985ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1986 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
1987 QualType NamedType) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001988 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001989 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001990
1991 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001992 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001993 if (T)
1994 return QualType(T, 0);
1995
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001996 QualType Canon = NamedType;
1997 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
1998 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001999 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2000 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002001 (void)CheckT;
2002 }
2003
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002004 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002005 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002006 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002007 return QualType(T, 0);
2008}
2009
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002010QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2011 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2012 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2013 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002014 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2015
2016 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2017 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002018 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2019 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
2020 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2021
2022 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
2023 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002024 }
2025
2026 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002027 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002028
2029 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002030 DependentNameType *T
2031 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002032 if (T)
2033 return QualType(T, 0);
2034
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002035 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002036 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002037 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002038 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002039}
2040
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002041QualType
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002042ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2043 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002044 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002045 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2046 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) {
2047 // TODO: avoid this copy
2048 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
2049 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
2050 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
2051 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
2052 ArgCopy.size(),
2053 ArgCopy.data());
2054}
2055
2056QualType
2057ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2058 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2059 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2060 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2061 unsigned NumArgs,
2062 const TemplateArgument *Args) {
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002063 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2064
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002065 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002066 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
2067 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002068
2069 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002070 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
2071 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002072 if (T)
2073 return QualType(T, 0);
2074
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002075 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002076
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002077 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2078 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2079
2080 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
2081 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
2082 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
2083 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
2084 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
2085 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002086 }
2087
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002088 QualType Canon;
2089 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
2090 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
2091 Name, NumArgs,
2092 CanonArgs.data());
2093
2094 // Find the insert position again.
2095 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2096 }
2097
2098 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
2099 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2100 TypeAlignment);
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002101 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002102 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002103 Types.push_back(T);
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002104 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002105 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002106}
2107
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002108/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2109/// alphabetically.
2110static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2111 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor77324f32008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002112 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002113}
2114
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002115static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002116 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2117 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2118
2119 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2120 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2121 return false;
2122 return true;
2123}
2124
2125static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002126 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2127 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002128
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002129 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2130 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2131
2132 // Remove duplicates.
2133 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2134 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2135}
2136
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002137QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
2138 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
2139 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2140 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
2141 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
2142 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
2143 return BaseType;
2144
2145 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002146 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002147 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002148 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002149 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2150 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002151
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002152 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
2153 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002154 QualType Canonical;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002155 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
2156 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
2157 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002158 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
2159 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002160 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2161
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002162 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002163 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2164 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002165 } else {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002166 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2167 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002168 }
2169
2170 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002171 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2172 }
2173
2174 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
2175 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2176 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2177 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
2178 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
2179
2180 Types.push_back(T);
2181 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2182 return QualType(T, 0);
2183}
2184
2185/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2186/// the given object type.
2187QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) {
2188 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2189 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
2190
2191 void *InsertPos = 0;
2192 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2193 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2194 return QualType(QT, 0);
2195
2196 // Find the canonical object type.
2197 QualType Canonical;
2198 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
2199 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
2200
2201 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002202 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2203 }
2204
Douglas Gregorf85bee62010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002205 // No match.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002206 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
2207 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
2208 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002209
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002210 Types.push_back(QType);
2211 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002212 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002213}
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002214
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002215/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2216/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002217QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
2218 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
2219 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002220
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002221 // FIXME: redeclarations?
2222 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
2223 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
2224 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
2225 Types.push_back(T);
2226 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian70e8f102007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002227}
2228
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002229/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2230/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002231/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002232/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002233/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002234QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002235 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002236 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2237 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2238 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002239
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002240 void *InsertPos = 0;
2241 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2242 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2243 if (Canon) {
2244 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2245 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002246 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002247 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2248 }
2249 else {
2250 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002251 Canon
2252 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002253 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2254 toe = Canon;
2255 }
2256 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002257 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002258 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002259 }
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002260 Types.push_back(toe);
2261 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002262}
2263
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002264/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2265/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2266/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002267/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002268/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002269QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002270 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002271 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002272 Types.push_back(tot);
2273 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002274}
2275
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002276/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2277/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
2278static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlsson7d209572009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002279 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2280 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002281
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002282 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2283 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2284 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2285 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2286 return VD->getType();
2287 }
2288 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2289 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2290 return FD->getType();
2291 }
2292 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2293 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2294 // return type of that function.
2295 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2296 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002297
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002298 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002299
2300 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002301 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
2302 if (e->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
2303 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002304
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002305 return T;
2306}
2307
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002308/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2309/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2310/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002311/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002312/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
2313QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002314 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002315 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2316 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2317 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002318
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002319 void *InsertPos = 0;
2320 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2321 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2322 if (Canon) {
2323 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2324 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002325 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002326 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2327 }
2328 else {
2329 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002330 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002331 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2332 dt = Canon;
2333 }
2334 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002335 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002336 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002337 }
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002338 Types.push_back(dt);
2339 return QualType(dt, 0);
2340}
2341
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002342/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2343/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Mike Stumpb93185d2009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002344QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) {
Ted Kremenek2b0ce112007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002345 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpb93185d2009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002346 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2347 // away const? mutable?
2348 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002349}
2350
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002351/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2352/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2353/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlsson22f443f2009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002354CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002355 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00002356}
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002357
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002358/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2359/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2360QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2361 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2362 return WCharTy;
2363}
2364
2365/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2366/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2367QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2368 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2369 return UnsignedIntTy;
2370}
2371
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002372/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2373/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2374QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002375 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002376}
2377
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002378//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2379// Type Operators
2380//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2381
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002382CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) {
2383 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2384 // qualifiers.
2385 T = getCanonicalType(T);
2386 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
2387
2388 QualType Result;
2389 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2390 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2391 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2392 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2393 } else {
2394 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2395 }
2396
2397 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2398}
2399
Chris Lattnered0d0792008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002400/// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to
2401/// the specified potentially non-canonical type. The non-canonical version
2402/// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types. Decorators can
2403/// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed
2404/// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared
2405/// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison.
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002406CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002407 QualifierCollector Quals;
2408 const Type *Ptr = Quals.strip(T);
2409 QualType CanType = Ptr->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002410
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002411 // The canonical internal type will be the canonical type *except*
2412 // that we push type qualifiers down through array types.
2413
2414 // If there are no new qualifiers to push down, stop here.
2415 if (!Quals.hasQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002416 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(CanType);
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002417
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002418 // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical
2419 // type of the array with the qualifiers applied to the element
2420 // type.
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002421 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType);
2422 if (!AT)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002423 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getQualifiedType(CanType, Quals));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002424
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002425 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2426 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002427 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(AT->getElementType(), Quals);
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002428 NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002429
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002430 if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002431 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2432 getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2433 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002434 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002435 if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002436 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2437 getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002438 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002439
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002440 if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002441 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2442 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedman04fddf02009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002443 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2444 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002445 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002446 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor326b2fa2009-10-30 22:56:57 +00002447 DSAT->getBracketsRange())->getCanonicalTypeInternal());
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002448
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002449 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002450 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedman04fddf02009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002451 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2452 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002453 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002454 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002455 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002456}
2457
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002458QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType T,
2459 Qualifiers &Quals) {
Chandler Carruth04bdce62010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002460 Quals = T.getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002461 const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(T);
2462 if (!AT) {
Chandler Carruth04bdce62010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002463 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002464 }
2465
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002466 QualType Elt = AT->getElementType();
Zhongxing Xucd321a32010-01-05 08:15:06 +00002467 QualType UnqualElt = getUnqualifiedArrayType(Elt, Quals);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002468 if (Elt == UnqualElt)
2469 return T;
2470
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002471 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002472 return getConstantArrayType(UnqualElt, CAT->getSize(),
2473 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2474 }
2475
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002476 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002477 return getIncompleteArrayType(UnqualElt, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2478 }
2479
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002480 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
2481 return getVariableArrayType(UnqualElt,
2482 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2483 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
2484 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
2485 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2486 VAT->getBracketsRange());
2487 }
2488
2489 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002490 return getDependentSizedArrayType(UnqualElt, DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain(),
2491 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2492 SourceRange());
2493}
2494
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00002495/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
2496/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
2497/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
2498/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
2499/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
2500/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
2501/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
2502/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
2503bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
2504 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
2505 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
2506 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
2507 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
2508 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
2509 return true;
2510 }
2511
2512 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
2513 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2514 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
2515 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
2516 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
2517 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
2518 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
2519 return true;
2520 }
2521
2522 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
2523 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
2524 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
2525 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
2526 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
2527 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
2528 return true;
2529 }
2530 }
2531
2532 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
2533
2534 return false;
2535}
2536
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002537DeclarationName ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
2538 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
2539 return TD->getDeclName();
2540
2541 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
2542 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
2543 return DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
2544 } else {
2545 return DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2546 }
2547 }
2548
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002549 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
2550 assert(Storage);
2551 return (*Storage->begin())->getDeclName();
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002552}
2553
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002554TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) {
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002555 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
2556 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
2557 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
2558 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
2559
2560 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002561 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002562 }
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002563
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002564 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002565
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002566 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2567 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2568 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2569}
2570
Douglas Gregoradee3e32009-11-11 23:06:43 +00002571bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
2572 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
2573 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
2574 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
2575}
2576
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002577TemplateArgument
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002578ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
2579 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2580 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2581 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002582
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002583 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002584 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002585
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002586 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002587 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002588
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002589 case TemplateArgument::Template:
2590 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
2591
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002592 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002593 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002594 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002595
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002596 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002597 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002598
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002599 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
2600 // FIXME: Allocate in ASTContext
2601 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs = new TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
2602 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002603 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002604 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2605 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2606 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002607
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002608 TemplateArgument Result;
2609 Result.setArgumentPack(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size(), false);
2610 return Result;
2611 }
2612 }
2613
2614 // Silence GCC warning
2615 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2616 return TemplateArgument();
2617}
2618
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002619NestedNameSpecifier *
2620ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002621 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002622 return 0;
2623
2624 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2625 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2626 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002627 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002628 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2629 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2630
2631 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2632 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2633 // this namespace and no prefix.
2634 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, NNS->getAsNamespace());
2635
2636 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
2637 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
2638 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002639 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
2640 NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate,
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002641 T.getTypePtr());
2642 }
2643
2644 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
2645 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
2646 return NNS;
2647 }
2648
2649 // Required to silence a GCC warning
2650 return 0;
2651}
2652
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002653
2654const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) {
2655 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002656 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002657 // Handle the common positive case fast.
2658 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
2659 return AT;
2660 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002661
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002662 // Handle the common negative case fast.
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002663 QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002664 if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType))
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002665 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002666
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002667 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002668 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
2669 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002670
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002671 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
2672 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002673 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002674
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002675 QualifierCollector Qs;
2676 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T.getDesugaredType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002677
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002678 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
2679 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002680 if (ATy == 0 || Qs.empty())
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002681 return ATy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002682
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002683 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
2684 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
2685 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2686 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002687 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), Qs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002688
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002689 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
2690 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2691 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002692 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002693 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
2694 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
2695 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002696 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002697
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002698 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002699 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
2700 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002701 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedman04fddf02009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002702 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2703 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002704 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002705 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002706 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002707
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002708 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002709 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedman04fddf02009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002710 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002711 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002712 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002713 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002714 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnered0d0792008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002715}
2716
2717
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002718/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
2719/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
2720/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
2721/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
2722///
2723/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
2724QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002725 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
2726 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
2727 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
2728 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
2729 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
2730 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002731
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002732 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002733
2734 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002735 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002736}
2737
Douglas Gregor79f83ed2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002738QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType QT) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002739 QualifierCollector Qs;
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002740 while (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(QualType(Qs.strip(QT), 0)))
2741 QT = AT->getElementType();
2742 return Qs.apply(QT);
Douglas Gregor79f83ed2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002743}
2744
Anders Carlsson4bf82142009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002745QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *AT) {
2746 QualType ElemTy = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002747
Anders Carlsson4bf82142009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002748 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ElemTy))
2749 return getBaseElementType(AT);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002750
Anders Carlssone0808df2008-12-21 03:44:36 +00002751 return ElemTy;
2752}
2753
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002754/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002755uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002756ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
2757 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
2758 do {
2759 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
2760 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
2761 } while (CA);
2762 return ElementCount;
2763}
2764
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00002765/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
2766/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002767static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002768 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002769 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002770
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002771 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
2772 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002773 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002774 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
2775 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
2776 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00002777 }
2778}
2779
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002780/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
2781/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002782/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
2783/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002784QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
2785 QualType Domain) const {
2786 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
2787 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
2788 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002789 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002790 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
2791 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
2792 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
2793 }
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00002794 }
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002795
2796 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
2797 switch (EltRank) {
2798 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
2799 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
2800 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
2801 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002802 }
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00002803}
2804
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002805/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
2806/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
2807/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002808/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002809int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
2810 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
2811 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002812
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002813 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002814 return 0;
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002815 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002816 return 1;
2817 return -1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00002818}
2819
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002820/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
2821/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
2822/// or if it is not canonicalized.
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002823unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002824 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002825 if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002826 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002827
Eli Friedmanc131d3b2009-07-05 23:44:27 +00002828 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar))
2829 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
2830
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00002831 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
2832 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
2833
2834 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
2835 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
2836
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002837 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002838 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
2839 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002840 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002841 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
2842 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
2843 case BuiltinType::SChar:
2844 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002845 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002846 case BuiltinType::Short:
2847 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002848 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002849 case BuiltinType::Int:
2850 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002851 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002852 case BuiltinType::Long:
2853 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002854 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002855 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
2856 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002857 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00002858 case BuiltinType::Int128:
2859 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
2860 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002861 }
2862}
2863
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002864/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
2865/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
2866///
2867/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
2868/// promotion occurs.
2869QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) {
Douglas Gregore05d3cb2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00002870 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
2871 return QualType();
2872
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002873 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
2874 if (!Field)
2875 return QualType();
2876
2877 QualType FT = Field->getType();
2878
2879 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
2880 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
2881 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2882 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
2883 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
2884 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
2885 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
2886 return IntTy;
2887
2888 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
2889 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2890
2891 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
2892 // like the base type.
2893 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
2894 // is ridiculous.
2895 return QualType();
2896}
2897
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002898/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
2899/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
2900/// integer type.
2901QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) {
2902 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
2903 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002904 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
2905 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002906 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
2907 return IntTy;
2908 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
2909 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2910 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
2911 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2912}
2913
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002914/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002915/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002916/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002917int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002918 Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
2919 Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002920 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002921
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002922 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
2923 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002924
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002925 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
2926 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002927
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002928 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
2929 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
2930 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
2931 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002932
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002933 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
2934 if (LHSUnsigned) {
2935 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
2936 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
2937 return 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002938
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002939 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2940 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002941 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002942 return -1;
2943 }
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002944
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002945 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
2946 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
2947 return -1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002948
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002949 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2950 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002951 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002952 return 1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00002953}
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002954
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002955static RecordDecl *
2956CreateRecordDecl(ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
2957 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
2958 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2959 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2960 else
2961 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2962}
2963
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002964// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002965QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() {
2966 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002967 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002968 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002969 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00002970 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002971
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002972 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002973
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002974 // const int *isa;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002975 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002976 // int flags;
2977 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002978 // const char *str;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002979 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002980 // long length;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002981 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
2982
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002983 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002984 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002985 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002986 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002987 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002988 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002989 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00002990 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002991 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002992 }
2993
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00002994 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002995 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002996
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002997 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif412af032007-09-11 15:32:40 +00002998}
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00002999
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003000void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003001 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003002 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
3003 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3004}
3005
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003006// getNSConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant NSStrings.
3007QualType ASTContext::getNSConstantStringType() {
3008 if (!NSConstantStringTypeDecl) {
3009 NSConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003010 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003011 &Idents.get("__builtin_NSString"));
3012 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
3013
3014 QualType FieldTypes[3];
3015
3016 // const int *isa;
3017 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
3018 // const char *str;
3019 FieldTypes[1] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
3020 // unsigned int length;
3021 FieldTypes[2] = UnsignedIntTy;
3022
3023 // Create fields
3024 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
3025 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, NSConstantStringTypeDecl,
3026 SourceLocation(), 0,
3027 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
3028 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3029 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003030 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003031 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
3032 }
3033
3034 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
3035 }
3036
3037 return getTagDeclType(NSConstantStringTypeDecl);
3038}
3039
3040void ASTContext::setNSConstantStringType(QualType T) {
3041 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3042 assert(Rec && "Invalid NSConstantStringType");
3043 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3044}
3045
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003046QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() {
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003047 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003048 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003049 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003050 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003051 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003052
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003053 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3054 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003055 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003056 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
3057 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
3058 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
3059 };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003060
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003061 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003062 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3063 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
3064 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003065 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003066 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003067 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003068 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003069 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003070 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ea58392010-05-27 16:05:06 +00003071 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanianc77f0f32010-05-27 16:35:00 +00003072 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD =
3073 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl))
Fariborz Jahanian9ea58392010-05-27 16:05:06 +00003074 CXXRD->setEmpty(false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003075
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003076 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003077 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003078
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003079 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
3080}
3081
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003082QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() {
3083 if (BlockDescriptorType)
3084 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3085
3086 RecordDecl *T;
3087 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003088 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003089 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003090 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003091
3092 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3093 UnsignedLongTy,
3094 UnsignedLongTy,
3095 };
3096
3097 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3098 "reserved",
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003099 "Size"
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003100 };
3101
3102 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
3103 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3104 T,
3105 SourceLocation(),
3106 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003107 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003108 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3109 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003110 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003111 T->addDecl(Field);
3112 }
3113
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003114 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003115
3116 BlockDescriptorType = T;
3117
3118 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3119}
3120
3121void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
3122 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3123 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3124 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
3125}
3126
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003127QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() {
3128 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
3129 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3130
3131 RecordDecl *T;
3132 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003133 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003134 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003135 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003136
3137 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3138 UnsignedLongTy,
3139 UnsignedLongTy,
3140 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3141 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
3142 };
3143
3144 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3145 "reserved",
3146 "Size",
3147 "CopyFuncPtr",
3148 "DestroyFuncPtr"
3149 };
3150
3151 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
3152 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3153 T,
3154 SourceLocation(),
3155 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003156 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003157 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3158 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003159 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003160 T->addDecl(Field);
3161 }
3162
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003163 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003164
3165 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3166
3167 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3168}
3169
3170void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
3171 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3172 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3173 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
3174}
3175
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003176bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) {
3177 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
3178 return true;
3179 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
3180 return true;
3181 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3182 return true;
3183 return false;
3184}
3185
3186QualType ASTContext::BuildByRefType(const char *DeclName, QualType Ty) {
3187 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003188 // void *__isa;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003189 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003190 // unsigned int __flags;
3191 // unsigned int __size;
Mike Stump066b6162009-10-21 22:01:24 +00003192 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3193 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003194 // int X;
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003195 // } *
3196
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003197 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3198
3199 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003200 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3201 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3202 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003203 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003204 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003205 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003206 T->startDefinition();
3207 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3208 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3209 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3210 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3211 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3212 Int32Ty,
3213 Int32Ty,
3214 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3215 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3216 Ty
3217 };
3218
3219 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3220 "__isa",
3221 "__forwarding",
3222 "__flags",
3223 "__size",
3224 "__copy_helper",
3225 "__destroy_helper",
3226 DeclName,
3227 };
3228
3229 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3230 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3231 continue;
3232 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
3233 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003234 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003235 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003236 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003237 T->addDecl(Field);
3238 }
3239
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003240 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003241
3242 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003243}
3244
3245
3246QualType ASTContext::getBlockParmType(
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003247 bool BlockHasCopyDispose,
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003248 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const Expr *> &Layout) {
3249
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003250 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003251 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3252 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__block_literal_"
3253 << ++UniqueBlockParmTypeID;
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003254 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003255 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003256 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003257 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003258 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3259 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3260 IntTy,
3261 IntTy,
3262 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003263 (BlockHasCopyDispose ?
3264 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorExtendedType()) :
3265 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorType()))
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003266 };
3267
3268 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3269 "__isa",
3270 "__flags",
3271 "__reserved",
3272 "__FuncPtr",
3273 "__descriptor"
3274 };
3275
3276 for (size_t i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003277 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003278 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003279 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003280 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003281 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003282 T->addDecl(Field);
3283 }
3284
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003285 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Layout.size(); ++i) {
3286 const Expr *E = Layout[i];
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003287
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003288 QualType FieldType = E->getType();
3289 IdentifierInfo *FieldName = 0;
3290 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
3291 FieldName = &Idents.get("this");
3292 } else if (const BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(E)) {
3293 const ValueDecl *D = BDRE->getDecl();
3294 FieldName = D->getIdentifier();
3295 if (BDRE->isByRef())
3296 FieldType = BuildByRefType(D->getNameAsCString(), FieldType);
3297 } else {
3298 // Padding.
3299 assert(isa<ConstantArrayType>(FieldType) &&
3300 isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) &&
3301 !cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl()->getDeclName() &&
3302 "doesn't match characteristics of padding decl");
3303 }
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003304
3305 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003306 FieldName, FieldType, /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003307 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003308 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003309 T->addDecl(Field);
3310 }
3311
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003312 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003313
3314 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003315}
3316
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003317void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003318 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003319 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3320 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3321}
3322
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003323// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3324// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattnere0218992007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003325static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003326 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattner9b1f2792008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003327 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3328 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003329
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003330 return false;
3331}
3332
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003333/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003334/// purpose.
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003335CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) {
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003336 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003337
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003338 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00003339 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003340 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003341 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3342 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003343 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003344 return sz;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003345}
3346
3347static inline
3348std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3349 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003350}
3351
Fariborz Jahanian590c3522010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003352/// getObjCEncodingForBlockDecl - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003353/// declaration.
3354void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr,
3355 std::string& S) {
3356 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3357 QualType BlockTy =
3358 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3359 // Encode result type.
John McCall8e346702010-06-04 19:02:56 +00003360 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003361 // Compute size of all parameters.
3362 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3363 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3364 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003365 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3366 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian590c3522010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003367 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003368 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3369 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003370 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003371 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003372 ParmOffset += sz;
3373 }
3374 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003375 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003376 // Block pointer and offset.
3377 S += "@?0";
3378 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3379
3380 // Argument types.
3381 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3382 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3383 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3384 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3385 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3386 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3387 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3388 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3389 // elements.
3390 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3391 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3392 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3393 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3394 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003395 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003396 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003397 }
3398}
3399
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003400/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003401/// declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003402void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Chris Lattner230fc3d2008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003403 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003404 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003405 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003406 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003407 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003408 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003409 // Compute size of all parameters.
3410 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3411 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3412 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003413 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003414 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3415 // their size.
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003416 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003417 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003418 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003419 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003420 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003421 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3422 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003423 ParmOffset += sz;
3424 }
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003425 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003426 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003427 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003428
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003429 // Argument types.
3430 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003431 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003432 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003433 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003434 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003435 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003436 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3437 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3438 // elements.
Steve Naroff323827e2009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003439 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003440 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3441 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3442 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003443 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003444 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003445 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003446 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003447 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003448 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003449 }
3450}
3451
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003452/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003453/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003454/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3455/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003456/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3457/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3458/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3459/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3460/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003461/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3462/// @code
3463/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3464/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3465/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3466/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3467/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3468/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3469/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3470/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3471/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3472/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3473/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3474/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3475/// };
3476/// @endcode
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003477void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003478 const Decl *Container,
Chris Lattner230fc3d2008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003479 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003480 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3481 bool Dynamic = false;
3482 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3483
3484 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3485 if (Container) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003486 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003487 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3488 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003489 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003490 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003491 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3492 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3493 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3494 Dynamic = true;
3495 } else {
3496 SynthesizePID = PID;
3497 }
3498 }
3499 }
3500 } else {
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003501 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003502 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003503 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003504 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003505 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3506 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3507 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3508 Dynamic = true;
3509 } else {
3510 SynthesizePID = PID;
3511 }
3512 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003513 }
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003514 }
3515 }
3516
3517 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3518 S = "T";
3519
3520 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003521 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3522 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003523 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003524 true /* outermost type */,
3525 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003526
3527 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3528 S += ",R";
3529 } else {
3530 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3531 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3532 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003533 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003534 }
3535 }
3536
3537 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3538 // are "dynamic by default".
3539 if (Dynamic)
3540 S += ",D";
3541
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003542 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3543 S += ",N";
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003544
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003545 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3546 S += ",G";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003547 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003548 }
3549
3550 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3551 S += ",S";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003552 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003553 }
3554
3555 if (SynthesizePID) {
3556 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3557 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner1cbaacc2008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003558 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003559 }
3560
3561 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3562}
3563
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003564/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003565/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3566/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003567/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3568///
3569void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003570 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003571 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian77b6b5d2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003572 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong &&
3573 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003574 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003575 else
Fariborz Jahanian77b6b5d2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003576 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long &&
3577 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003578 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3579 }
3580 }
3581}
3582
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003583void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003584 const FieldDecl *Field) {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003585 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3586 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3587 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3588 // same type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003589 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahaniandaef00b2008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003590 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003591}
3592
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003593static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) {
3594 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
3595 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
3596 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
3597 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
3598 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3599 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
3600 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
3601 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
3602 case BuiltinType::ULong:
3603 return
3604 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(C))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
3605 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
3606 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
3607 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3608 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
3609 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
John McCalldad856d2010-06-11 10:11:05 +00003610 case BuiltinType::WChar:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003611 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
3612 case BuiltinType::Long:
3613 return
3614 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(C))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
3615 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
3616 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
3617 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
3618 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
3619 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'd';
3620 }
3621}
3622
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003623static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Context, std::string& S,
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003624 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003625 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3626 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
3627 ASTContext *Ctx = const_cast<ASTContext*>(Context);
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003628 S += 'b';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003629 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
3630 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
3631 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
3632 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
3633 //
3634 // struct
3635 // {
3636 // int integer;
3637 // int flags:2;
3638 // };
3639 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
3640 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
3641 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
3642 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
3643 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
3644 if (!Ctx->getLangOptions().NeXTRuntime) {
3645 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
3646 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
3647 // FIXME: This same linear search is also used in ExprConstant - it might
3648 // be better if the FieldDecl stored its offset. We'd be increasing the
3649 // size of the object slightly, but saving some time every time it is used.
3650 unsigned i = 0;
3651 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(),
3652 FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
3653 Field != FieldEnd; (void)++Field, ++i) {
3654 if (*Field == FD)
3655 break;
3656 }
3657 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(i));
3658 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Context, T);
3659 }
3660 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003661 S += llvm::utostr(N);
3662}
3663
Daniel Dunbar07d07852009-10-18 21:17:35 +00003664// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003665void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
3666 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
3667 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003668 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003669 bool OutermostType,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00003670 bool EncodingProperty) {
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003671 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003672 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003673 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
3674 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003675 return;
3676 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003677
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003678 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003679 S += 'j';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003680 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003681 false);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003682 return;
3683 }
Fariborz Jahaniand25c2192009-11-23 20:40:50 +00003684
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003685 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
3686 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003687 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian89b660c2009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003688 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
3689 S += ':';
3690 return;
3691 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003692 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
3693 }
3694 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3695 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
3696 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003697 bool isReadOnly = false;
3698 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
3699 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
3700 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003701 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003702 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003703 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
3704 isReadOnly = true;
3705 S += 'r';
3706 }
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00003707 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003708 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003709 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
3710 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003711 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
3712 isReadOnly = true;
3713 S += 'r';
3714 }
3715 }
3716 if (isReadOnly) {
3717 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
3718 // combinations need to be rearranged.
3719 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00003720 if (llvm::StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
3721 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003722 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003723
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003724 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
3725 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
3726 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003727 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003728 S += '*';
3729 return;
3730 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003731 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff3de6b702009-07-22 17:14:51 +00003732 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
3733 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
3734 S += '#';
3735 return;
3736 }
3737 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
3738 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
3739 S += '@';
3740 return;
3741 }
3742 // fall through...
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003743 }
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003744 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003745 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
3746
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003747 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003748 NULL);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003749 return;
3750 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003751
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003752 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3753 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
3754 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003755 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
3756 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
3757 S += '^';
3758
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003759 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003760 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3761 } else {
3762 S += '[';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003763
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003764 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3765 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
3766 else {
3767 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
3768 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
3769 S += '0';
3770 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003771
3772 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003773 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3774 S += ']';
3775 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003776 return;
3777 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003778
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003779 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssondf4cc612007-10-30 00:06:20 +00003780 S += '?';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003781 return;
3782 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003783
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003784 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003785 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003786 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003787 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
3788 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
3789 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00003790 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
3791 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
3792 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
3793 std::string TemplateArgsStr
3794 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
3795 TemplateArgs.getFlatArgumentList(),
3796 TemplateArgs.flat_size(),
3797 (*this).PrintingPolicy);
3798
3799 S += TemplateArgsStr;
3800 }
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003801 } else {
3802 S += '?';
3803 }
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003804 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003805 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003806 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
3807 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003808 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003809 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003810 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003811 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003812 S += '"';
3813 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003814
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003815 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003816 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003817 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003818 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003819 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003820 QualType qt = Field->getType();
3821 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003822 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003823 FD);
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003824 }
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003825 }
Fariborz Jahanianbc92fd72007-11-13 23:21:38 +00003826 }
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003827 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003828 return;
3829 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003830
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003831 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003832 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003833 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003834 else
3835 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003836 return;
3837 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003838
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003839 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff49140cb2009-02-02 18:24:29 +00003840 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003841 return;
3842 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003843
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003844 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
3845 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
3846 T = OT->getBaseType();
3847
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003848 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003849 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003850 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003851 S += '{';
3852 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
3853 S += II->getName();
3854 S += '=';
Chris Lattner5b36ddb2009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003855 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003856 CollectObjCIvars(OI, RecFields);
Chris Lattner5b36ddb2009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003857 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003858 if (RecFields[i]->isBitField())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003859 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003860 RecFields[i]);
3861 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003862 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003863 FD);
3864 }
3865 S += '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003866 return;
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003867 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003868
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003869 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003870 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
3871 S += '@';
3872 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003873 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003874
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003875 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
3876 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
3877 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
3878 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003879 S += '#';
3880 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003881 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003882
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003883 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003884 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003885 ExpandPointedToStructures,
3886 ExpandStructures, FD);
3887 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
3888 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
3889 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003890 S += '"';
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003891 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3892 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003893 S += '<';
3894 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3895 S += '>';
3896 }
3897 S += '"';
3898 }
3899 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003900 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003901
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003902 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
3903 if (!EncodingProperty &&
3904 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
3905 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003906 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003907 // {...};
3908 S += '^';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003909 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
3910 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003911 NULL);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003912 return;
3913 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003914
3915 S += '@';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003916 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003917 S += '"';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003918 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003919 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3920 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003921 S += '<';
3922 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3923 S += '>';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003924 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003925 S += '"';
3926 }
3927 return;
3928 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003929
John McCalla9e6e8d2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00003930 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
3931 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these
3932 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3933 return;
3934
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003935 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003936}
3937
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003938void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003939 std::string& S) const {
3940 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
3941 S += 'n';
3942 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
3943 S += 'N';
3944 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
3945 S += 'o';
3946 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
3947 S += 'O';
3948 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
3949 S += 'R';
3950 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
3951 S += 'V';
3952}
3953
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003954void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003955 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003956
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003957 BuiltinVaListType = T;
3958}
3959
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003960void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003961 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +00003962}
3963
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003964void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +00003965 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanian4bef4622007-10-16 20:40:23 +00003966}
3967
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003968void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003969 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahaniana32aaef2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00003970}
3971
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003972void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003973 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlssonf56a7ae2007-10-31 02:53:19 +00003974}
3975
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003976void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003977 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003978 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003979
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003980 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003981}
3982
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003983/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
3984/// lookup.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003985TemplateName ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
3986 UnresolvedSetIterator End) {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003987 unsigned size = End - Begin;
3988 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
3989
3990 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
3991 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
3992 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
3993
3994 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003995 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003996 NamedDecl *D = *I;
3997 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
3998 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
3999 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
4000 *Storage++ = D;
4001 }
4002
4003 return TemplateName(OT);
4004}
4005
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004006/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
4007/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004008TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004009 bool TemplateKeyword,
4010 TemplateDecl *Template) {
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004011 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004012 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4013 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4014
4015 void *InsertPos = 0;
4016 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
4017 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4018 if (!QTN) {
4019 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4020 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4021 }
4022
4023 return TemplateName(QTN);
4024}
4025
4026/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4027/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004028TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004029 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004030 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00004031 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004032
4033 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4034 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
4035
4036 void *InsertPos = 0;
4037 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
4038 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4039
4040 if (QTN)
4041 return TemplateName(QTN);
4042
4043 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4044 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4045 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
4046 } else {
4047 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
4048 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004049 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
4050 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4051 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
4052 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004053 }
4054
4055 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4056 return TemplateName(QTN);
4057}
4058
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004059/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4060/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
4061TemplateName
4062ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4063 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) {
4064 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
4065 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
4066
4067 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4068 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
4069
4070 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004071 DependentTemplateName *QTN
4072 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004073
4074 if (QTN)
4075 return TemplateName(QTN);
4076
4077 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4078 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4079 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
4080 } else {
4081 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
4082 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004083
4084 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
4085 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4086 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
4087 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004088 }
4089
4090 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4091 return TemplateName(QTN);
4092}
4093
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004094/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregorab138572008-11-03 15:57:00 +00004095/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
4096/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004097CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004098 switch (Type) {
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004099 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004100 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
4101 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
4102 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
4103 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
4104 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
4105 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
4106 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
4107 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
4108 }
4109
4110 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004111 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004112}
Ted Kremenek77c51b22008-07-24 23:58:27 +00004113
4114//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4115// Type Predicates.
4116//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4117
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004118/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
4119/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
4120/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004121/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004122///
4123bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
4124 if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
4125 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004126 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004127 return true;
4128 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004129 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004130}
4131
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004132/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
4133/// garbage collection attribute.
4134///
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004135Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(const QualType &Ty) const {
4136 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004137 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
4138 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004139 GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004140 // Default behavious under objective-c's gc is for objective-c pointers
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004141 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
Fariborz Jahanian0f466c72009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004142 // as __strong.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004143 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d6298b2009-09-10 23:38:45 +00004144 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004145 GCAttrs = Qualifiers::Strong;
Fariborz Jahanian0f466c72009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004146 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004147 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Fariborz Jahanian0f466c72009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004148 }
Fariborz Jahaniand381cde2009-04-11 00:00:54 +00004149 // Non-pointers have none gc'able attribute regardless of the attribute
4150 // set on them.
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004151 else if (!Ty->isAnyPointerType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004152 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004153 }
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004154 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004155}
4156
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004157//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4158// Type Compatibility Testing
4159//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerb338a6b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00004160
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004161/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004162/// compatible.
4163static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
4164 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004165 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004166 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004167 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004168}
4169
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004170bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
4171 QualType SecondVec) {
4172 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
4173 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
4174
4175 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
4176 return true;
4177
4178 // AltiVec vectors types are identical to equivalent GCC vector types
4179 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4180 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4181 if ((((First->getAltiVecSpecific() == VectorType::AltiVec) &&
4182 (Second->getAltiVecSpecific() == VectorType::NotAltiVec)) ||
4183 ((First->getAltiVecSpecific() == VectorType::NotAltiVec) &&
4184 (Second->getAltiVecSpecific() == VectorType::AltiVec))) &&
4185 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
4186 (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements()))
4187 return true;
4188
4189 return false;
4190}
4191
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004192//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4193// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
4194//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4195
4196/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
4197/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004198bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
4199 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004200 if (lProto == rProto)
4201 return true;
4202 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
4203 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
4204 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
4205 return true;
4206 return false;
4207}
4208
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004209/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
4210/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
4211/// otherwise.
4212bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4213 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4214 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
4215 return false;
4216}
4217
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004218/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and
4219/// Class<p1, ...>.
4220bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
4221 QualType rhs) {
4222 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4223 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4224 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
4225
4226 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4227 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4228 bool match = false;
4229 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4230 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4231 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4232 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4233 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
4234 match = true;
4235 break;
4236 }
4237 }
4238 if (!match)
4239 return false;
4240 }
4241 return true;
4242}
4243
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004244/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
4245/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
4246bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4247 bool compare) {
4248 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004249 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004250 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
4251 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004252 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004253 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
4254 return true;
4255
4256 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004257 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004258
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004259 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004260
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004261 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004262 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004263 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4264 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4265 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4266 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4267 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4268 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4269 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004270 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004271 return false;
4272 }
4273 }
4274 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
4275 return true;
4276 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004277 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004278 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4279 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4280 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4281 bool match = false;
4282
4283 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4284 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4285 // through its super class and categories.
4286 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4287 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4288 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4289 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4290 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4291 match = true;
4292 break;
4293 }
4294 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004295 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004296 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4297 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4298 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4299 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4300 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4301 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4302 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004303 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004304 match = true;
4305 break;
4306 }
4307 }
4308 }
4309 if (!match)
4310 return false;
4311 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004312
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004313 return true;
4314 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004315
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004316 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
4317 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
4318
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004319 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004320 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
4321 if (lhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
4322 bool match = false;
4323 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4324 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4325 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4326 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4327 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4328 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004329 if (lhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004330 match = true;
4331 break;
4332 }
4333 }
4334 if (!match)
4335 return false;
4336 }
4337 return true;
4338 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004339 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004340 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4341 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4342 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4343 bool match = false;
4344
4345 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4346 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4347 // through its super class and categories.
4348 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4349 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4350 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4351 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4352 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4353 match = true;
4354 break;
4355 }
4356 }
4357 if (!match)
4358 return false;
4359 }
4360 return true;
4361 }
4362 return false;
4363}
4364
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004365/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004366/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
4367/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
4368///
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004369bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4370 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004371 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4372 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4373
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004374 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004375 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
4376 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004377 return true;
4378
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004379 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004380 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4381 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004382 false);
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004383
4384 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
4385 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4386 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
4387
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004388 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
4389 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004390 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004391
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004392 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004393}
4394
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004395/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
4396/// for providing type-safty for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
4397/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
4398/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
4399/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
4400bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4401 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4402 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004403 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004404 return true;
4405
4406 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4407 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
4408 }
4409
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004410 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004411 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4412 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
4413 false);
4414
4415 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4416 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4417 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
4418 if (LHS != RHS) {
4419 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4420 return false;
4421 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
4422 return true;
4423 }
4424 else
4425 return true;
4426 }
4427 return false;
4428}
4429
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004430/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4431/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4432/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4433/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4434static
4435void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4436 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4437 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4438 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4439
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004440 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4441 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4442 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
4443 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004444
4445 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4446 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4447 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4448 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4449 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004450 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004451 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
4452 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004453 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4454 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4455 }
4456
4457 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4458 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohman145f3f12010-04-19 16:39:44 +00004459 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
4460 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004461 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4462 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4463 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4464 }
4465 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004466 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004467 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
4468 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004469 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4470 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4471 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
4472 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
4473 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004474 }
4475}
4476
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004477/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4478/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4479/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4480/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4481QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004482 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
4483 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
4484 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
4485 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
4486 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
4487 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
4488 if (!LDecl || !RDecl)
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004489 return QualType();
4490
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004491 while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())) {
4492 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004493 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004494 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
4495 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
4496
4497 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
4498 if (!Protocols.empty())
4499 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
4500 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
4501 return Result;
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004502 }
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004503 }
4504
4505 return QualType();
4506}
4507
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004508bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
4509 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
4510 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
4511 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
4512
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004513 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
4514 // the LHS.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004515 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004516 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004517
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004518 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
4519 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004520 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004521 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004522
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004523 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
4524 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004525 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004526 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004527
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004528 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
4529 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004530 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
4531 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
4532
4533 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
4534 // are incompatible.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004535 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
4536 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004537 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
4538 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004539 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004540 break;
4541 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004542 }
4543 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
4544 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
4545 return false;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004546 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004547 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
4548 return true;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004549}
4550
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004551bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4552 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004553 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4554 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004555
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004556 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004557 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004558
4559 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
4560 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004561}
4562
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004563/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004564/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004565/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004566/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004567bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
4568 bool CompareUnqualified) {
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004569 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4570 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
4571
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004572 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004573}
4574
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004575bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4576 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
4577}
4578
4579QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004580 bool OfBlockPointer,
4581 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004582 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
4583 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004584 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
4585 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004586 bool allLTypes = true;
4587 bool allRTypes = true;
4588
4589 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004590 QualType retType;
4591 if (OfBlockPointer)
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004592 retType = mergeTypes(rbase->getResultType(), lbase->getResultType(), true,
4593 Unqualified);
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004594 else
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004595 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(),
4596 false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004597 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004598
4599 if (Unqualified)
4600 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
4601
4602 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
4603 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
4604 if (Unqualified) {
4605 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
4606 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
4607 }
4608
4609 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004610 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004611 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004612 allRTypes = false;
Daniel Dunbaredd5bae2010-04-28 16:20:58 +00004613 // FIXME: double check this
4614 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4615 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4616 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004617 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
4618 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
Daniel Dunbaredd5bae2010-04-28 16:20:58 +00004619 unsigned RegParm = lbaseInfo.getRegParm() == 0 ? rbaseInfo.getRegParm() :
4620 lbaseInfo.getRegParm();
4621 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
4622 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() ||
4623 RegParm != lbaseInfo.getRegParm())
4624 allLTypes = false;
4625 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() ||
4626 RegParm != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
4627 allRTypes = false;
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004628 CallingConv lcc = lbaseInfo.getCC();
4629 CallingConv rcc = rbaseInfo.getCC();
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004630 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00004631 if (!isSameCallConv(lcc, rcc))
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004632 return QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004633
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004634 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004635 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
4636 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004637 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
4638 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
4639
4640 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
4641 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
4642 return QualType();
4643
4644 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
4645 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
4646 return QualType();
4647
Argyrios Kyrtzidis22a37352008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004648 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
4649 return QualType();
4650
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004651 // Check argument compatibility
4652 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
4653 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
4654 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4655 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004656 QualType argtype = mergeTypes(largtype, rargtype, OfBlockPointer,
4657 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004658 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004659
4660 if (Unqualified)
4661 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4662
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004663 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004664 if (Unqualified) {
4665 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4666 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4667 }
4668
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004669 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
4670 allLTypes = false;
4671 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
4672 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004673 }
4674 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4675 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4676 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(),
Mike Stump8c5d7992009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004677 lproto->isVariadic(), lproto->getTypeQuals(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004678 false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004679 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc));
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004680 }
4681
4682 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
4683 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
4684
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004685 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004686 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004687 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004688 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
4689 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
4690 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
4691 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
4692 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
4693 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
4694 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
4695 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
4696 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00004697
4698 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
4699 // to pass enum values.
4700 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4701 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
4702
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004703 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
4704 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
4705 return QualType();
4706 }
4707
4708 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4709 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4710 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
Mike Stump21e0f892009-07-27 00:44:23 +00004711 proto->getNumArgs(), proto->isVariadic(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004712 proto->getTypeQuals(),
4713 false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004714 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc));
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004715 }
4716
4717 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4718 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004719 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc);
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004720 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, Info);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004721}
4722
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004723QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004724 bool OfBlockPointer,
4725 bool Unqualified) {
Bill Wendlingdb4e3492007-12-03 07:33:35 +00004726 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
4727 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
4728 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004729 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
4730 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004731 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
4732 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004733
4734 if (Unqualified) {
4735 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
4736 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
4737 }
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004738
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004739 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4740 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4741
4742 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4743 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4744 return LHS;
4745
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004746 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004747 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
4748 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004749 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
4750 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
4751 // mismatch.
4752 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
4753 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
4754 return QualType();
4755
4756 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
4757 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
4758 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
4759 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
4760 // qualified __strong.
4761 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4762 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4763 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
4764
4765 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
4766 return QualType();
4767
4768 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4769 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
4770 }
4771 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4772 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
4773 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004774 return QualType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004775 }
4776
4777 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004778
Eli Friedmandcca6332009-06-01 01:22:52 +00004779 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
4780 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004781
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004782 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
4783 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
4784 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
4785 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman16f90962008-02-12 08:23:06 +00004786
4787 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004788 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4789 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
4790 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4791 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004792
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004793 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
4794 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
4795 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
4796
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00004797 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
4798 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
4799 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004800
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004801 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004802 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004803 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004804 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004805 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
4806 // type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004807 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004808 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4809 return RHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004810 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004811 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004812 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4813 return LHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004814 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004815
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004816 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004817 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004818
Steve Naroffc6edcbd2008-01-09 22:43:08 +00004819 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004820 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004821#define TYPE(Class, Base)
4822#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallbd8d9bd2010-03-01 23:49:17 +00004823#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004824#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4825#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4826#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
4827 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
4828 return QualType();
4829
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004830 case Type::LValueReference:
4831 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004832 case Type::MemberPointer:
4833 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
4834 return QualType();
4835
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004836 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004837 case Type::IncompleteArray:
4838 case Type::VariableArray:
4839 case Type::FunctionProto:
4840 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004841 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
4842 return QualType();
4843
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004844 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004845 {
4846 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004847 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4848 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004849 if (Unqualified) {
4850 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
4851 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
4852 }
4853 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
4854 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004855 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004856 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004857 return LHS;
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004858 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004859 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004860 return getPointerType(ResultType);
4861 }
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004862 case Type::BlockPointer:
4863 {
4864 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004865 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4866 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004867 if (Unqualified) {
4868 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
4869 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
4870 }
4871 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
4872 Unqualified);
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004873 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
4874 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4875 return LHS;
4876 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4877 return RHS;
4878 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
4879 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004880 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004881 {
4882 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
4883 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
4884 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
4885 return QualType();
4886
4887 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
4888 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004889 if (Unqualified) {
4890 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
4891 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
4892 }
4893
4894 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004895 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004896 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4897 return LHS;
4898 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4899 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004900 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
4901 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
4902 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
4903 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004904 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
4905 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004906 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4907 return LHS;
4908 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4909 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004910 if (LVAT) {
4911 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4912 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
4913 // has to be different.
4914 return LHS;
4915 }
4916 if (RVAT) {
4917 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4918 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
4919 // has to be different.
4920 return RHS;
4921 }
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004922 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
4923 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004924 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
4925 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004926 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004927 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004928 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004929 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004930 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004931 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004932 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004933 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004934 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar804c0442009-01-28 21:22:12 +00004935 case Type::Complex:
4936 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
4937 return QualType();
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004938 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004939 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall44c064b2010-03-12 23:14:13 +00004940 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
4941 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004942 return LHS;
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004943 return QualType();
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004944 case Type::ObjCObject: {
4945 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004946 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
4947 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004948 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
4949 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
4950 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff7a7814c2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004951 return LHS;
4952
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004953 return QualType();
Cedric Venet4fc88b72009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004954 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004955 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004956 if (OfBlockPointer) {
4957 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4958 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4959 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
4960 return LHS;
4961 return QualType();
4962 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004963 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4964 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004965 return LHS;
4966
Steve Naroffc68cfcf2008-12-10 22:14:21 +00004967 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004968 }
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004969 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004970
4971 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004972}
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00004973
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00004974/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
4975/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
4976/// return types.
4977QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4978 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4979 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4980 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4981 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4982 return LHS;
4983 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
4984 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
4985 return QualType();
4986 QualType OldReturnType =
4987 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
4988 QualType NewReturnType =
4989 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
4990 QualType ResReturnType =
4991 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
4992 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
4993 return QualType();
4994 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
4995 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
4996 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
4997 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
4998 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
4999 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
5000 QualType ResultType
5001 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5002 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
5003 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
5004 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
5005 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
5006 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
5007 FPT->exception_begin(),
5008 Info);
5009 return ResultType;
5010 }
5011 }
5012 return QualType();
5013 }
5014
5015 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
5016 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5017 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5018 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5019 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
5020 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5021 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5022 return QualType();
5023
5024 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5025 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5026 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5027 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5028 // qualified __strong.
5029 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5030 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5031 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5032
5033 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5034 return QualType();
5035
5036 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
5037 return LHS;
5038 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
5039 return RHS;
5040 return QualType();
5041 }
5042
5043 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5044 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5045 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5046 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
5047 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
5048 return LHS;
5049 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
5050 return RHS;
5051 }
5052 return QualType();
5053}
5054
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +00005055//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005056// Integer Predicates
5057//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner3c919712009-01-16 07:15:35 +00005058
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005059unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) {
Sebastian Redl87869bc2009-11-05 21:10:57 +00005060 if (T->isBooleanType())
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005061 return 1;
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005062 if (EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedmanee275c82009-12-10 22:29:29 +00005063 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00005064 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005065 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
5066}
5067
5068QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
Douglas Gregor5cc2c8b2010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005069 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005070
5071 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
5072 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
5073 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00005074 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getAltiVecSpecific());
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005075
5076 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
5077 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005078 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005079
5080 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5081 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005082 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
5083 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
5084 case BuiltinType::SChar:
5085 return UnsignedCharTy;
5086 case BuiltinType::Short:
5087 return UnsignedShortTy;
5088 case BuiltinType::Int:
5089 return UnsignedIntTy;
5090 case BuiltinType::Long:
5091 return UnsignedLongTy;
5092 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
5093 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00005094 case BuiltinType::Int128:
5095 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005096 default:
5097 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
5098 return QualType();
5099 }
5100}
5101
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +00005102ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { }
5103
5104void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { }
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005105
5106
5107//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5108// Builtin Type Computation
5109//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5110
5111/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
5112/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005113static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005114 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
5115 bool AllowTypeModifiers = true) {
5116 // Modifiers.
5117 int HowLong = 0;
5118 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005119
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005120 // Read the modifiers first.
5121 bool Done = false;
5122 while (!Done) {
5123 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005124 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005125 case 'S':
5126 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5127 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5128 Signed = true;
5129 break;
5130 case 'U':
5131 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5132 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5133 Unsigned = true;
5134 break;
5135 case 'L':
5136 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
5137 ++HowLong;
5138 break;
5139 }
5140 }
5141
5142 QualType Type;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005143
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005144 // Read the base type.
5145 switch (*Str++) {
5146 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
5147 case 'v':
5148 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5149 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
5150 Type = Context.VoidTy;
5151 break;
5152 case 'f':
5153 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5154 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
5155 Type = Context.FloatTy;
5156 break;
5157 case 'd':
5158 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5159 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
5160 if (HowLong)
5161 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
5162 else
5163 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
5164 break;
5165 case 's':
5166 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
5167 if (Unsigned)
5168 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
5169 else
5170 Type = Context.ShortTy;
5171 break;
5172 case 'i':
5173 if (HowLong == 3)
5174 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
5175 else if (HowLong == 2)
5176 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
5177 else if (HowLong == 1)
5178 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
5179 else
5180 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
5181 break;
5182 case 'c':
5183 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
5184 if (Signed)
5185 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
5186 else if (Unsigned)
5187 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
5188 else
5189 Type = Context.CharTy;
5190 break;
5191 case 'b': // boolean
5192 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
5193 Type = Context.BoolTy;
5194 break;
5195 case 'z': // size_t.
5196 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
5197 Type = Context.getSizeType();
5198 break;
5199 case 'F':
5200 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
5201 break;
5202 case 'a':
5203 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5204 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
5205 break;
5206 case 'A':
5207 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
5208 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
5209 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
5210 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
5211 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
5212 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
5213 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
5214 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
5215 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5216 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
5217 if (Type->isArrayType()) {
5218 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
5219 } else {
5220 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
5221 }
5222 break;
5223 case 'V': {
5224 char *End;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005225 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5226 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005227
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005228 Str = End;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005229
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005230 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00005231 // FIXME: Don't know what to do about AltiVec.
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00005232 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
5233 VectorType::NotAltiVec);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005234 break;
5235 }
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005236 case 'X': {
5237 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
5238 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
5239 break;
5240 }
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005241 case 'P':
Douglas Gregor27821ce2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00005242 Type = Context.getFILEType();
5243 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005244 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005245 return QualType();
5246 }
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005247 break;
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005248 case 'J':
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005249 if (Signed)
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005250 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005251 else
5252 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
5253
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005254 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005255 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005256 return QualType();
5257 }
5258 break;
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005259 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005260
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005261 if (!AllowTypeModifiers)
5262 return Type;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005263
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005264 Done = false;
5265 while (!Done) {
John McCallb8b94662010-03-12 04:21:28 +00005266 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005267 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
5268 case '*':
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005269 case '&':
John McCallb8b94662010-03-12 04:21:28 +00005270 {
5271 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
5272 // qualified with an address space.
5273 char *End;
5274 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5275 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
5276 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
5277 Str = End;
5278 }
5279 }
5280 if (c == '*')
5281 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
5282 else
5283 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005284 break;
5285 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
5286 case 'C':
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005287 Type = Type.withConst();
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005288 break;
Fariborz Jahaniand59baba2010-01-26 22:48:42 +00005289 case 'D':
5290 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
5291 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005292 }
5293 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005294
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005295 return Type;
5296}
5297
5298/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
5299QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned id,
5300 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error) {
5301 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(id);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005302
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005303 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005304
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005305 Error = GE_None;
5306 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
5307 if (Error != GE_None)
5308 return QualType();
5309 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
5310 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
5311 if (Error != GE_None)
5312 return QualType();
5313
5314 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
5315 if (Ty->isArrayType())
5316 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005317
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005318 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
5319 }
5320
5321 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
5322 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
5323
5324 // handle untyped/variadic arguments "T c99Style();" or "T cppStyle(...);".
5325 if (ArgTypes.size() == 0 && TypeStr[0] == '.')
5326 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType);
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005327
5328 // FIXME: Should we create noreturn types?
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005329 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005330 TypeStr[0] == '.', 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00005331 FunctionType::ExtInfo());
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005332}
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005333
5334QualType
5335ASTContext::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
5336 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
5337 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
5338 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
5339 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
5340 // equivalent.
5341 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
5342 lhs = getPromotedIntegerType(lhs);
5343 else
5344 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
5345 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
5346 rhs = getPromotedIntegerType(rhs);
5347 else
5348 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
5349
5350 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
5351 if (lhs == rhs)
5352 return lhs;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005353
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005354 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
5355 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
5356 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
5357 return lhs;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005358
5359 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
5360
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005361 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
5362 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
5363 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005364 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005365 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
5366 return lhs;
5367 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005368 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005369 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
5370 return rhs;
5371 }
5372 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005373 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
5374 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
5375 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
5376 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005377 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005378 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005379 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005380 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005381 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
5382 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005383
5384 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005385 rhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005386 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005387 lhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005388 }
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005389 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
5390 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
5391 // does not require this promotion.
5392 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
5393 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
5394 return rhs;
5395 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
5396 return lhs;
5397 }
5398 }
5399 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
5400 }
5401 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
5402 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
5403 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
5404 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
5405 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
5406 return lhs;
5407 }
5408 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
5409 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
5410 return getComplexType(lhs);
5411 }
5412 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
5413 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
5414 return rhs;
5415 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005416 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005417 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
5418 return getComplexType(rhs);
5419 }
5420 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
5421 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
5422 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
5423 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
5424 return lhs;
5425 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
5426 return rhs; // convert the lhs
5427 }
5428 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
5429 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
5430 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
5431 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
5432
5433 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005434 if (getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005435 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
5436 return lhs; // convert the rhs
5437 return rhs;
5438 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
5439 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
5440 return lhs;
5441 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
5442 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
5443 return rhs;
5444 }
5445 }
5446 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
5447 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
5448 int compare = getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Douglas Gregor5cc2c8b2010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005449 bool lhsSigned = lhs->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(),
5450 rhsSigned = rhs->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005451 QualType destType;
5452 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
5453 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
5454 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
5455 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
5456 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
5457 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
5458 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
5459 } else if (getIntWidth(lhs) != getIntWidth(rhs)) {
5460 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
5461 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
5462 // use the signed type.
5463 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
5464 } else {
5465 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
5466 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
5467 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
5468 // to the signed type.
5469 destType = getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
5470 }
5471 return destType;
5472}
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005473
5474GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5475 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5476
5477 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
5478 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5479 FD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
5480 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
5481
5482 switch (L) {
5483 case NoLinkage:
5484 case InternalLinkage:
5485 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5486 return GVA_Internal;
5487
5488 case ExternalLinkage:
5489 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
5490 case TSK_Undeclared:
5491 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5492 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5493 break;
5494
5495 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5496 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5497
5498 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5499 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5500 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5501 break;
5502 }
5503 }
5504
5505 if (!FD->isInlined())
5506 return External;
5507
5508 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
5509 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
5510 // externally visible.
5511 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
5512 return External;
5513
5514 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
5515 return GVA_C99Inline;
5516 }
5517
5518 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
5519 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
5520 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
5521 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
5522 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
5523 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
5524 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
5525 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
5526 return GVA_C99Inline;
5527
5528 return GVA_CXXInline;
5529}
5530
5531GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
5532 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
5533 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
5534 // template.
5535 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
5536 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
5537 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
5538
5539 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
5540 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5541 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
5542 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
5543
5544 switch (L) {
5545 case NoLinkage:
5546 case InternalLinkage:
5547 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5548 return GVA_Internal;
5549
5550 case ExternalLinkage:
5551 switch (TSK) {
5552 case TSK_Undeclared:
5553 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5554 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5555
5556 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5557 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
5558 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
5559
5560 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5561 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5562
5563 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5564 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5565 }
5566 }
5567
5568 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5569}
5570
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc9049332010-07-29 20:08:05 +00005571bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005572 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5573 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
5574 return false;
5575 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
5576 return false;
5577
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005578 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
5579 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
5580 return false;
5581
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005582 // Aliases and used decls are required.
5583 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
5584 return true;
5585
5586 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5587 // Forward declarations aren't required.
5588 if (!FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
5589 return false;
5590
5591 // Constructors and destructors are required.
5592 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
5593 return true;
5594
5595 // The key function for a class is required.
5596 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
5597 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
5598 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
5599 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD);
5600 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
5601 return true;
5602 }
5603 }
5604
5605 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
5606
5607 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
5608 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
5609 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
5610 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
5611 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
5612 return false;
5613 return true;
5614 }
5615
5616 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
5617 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
5618
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005619 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
5620 return false;
5621
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005622 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required.
5623
5624 // FIXME: Handle references.
5625 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5626 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
5627 if (!RD->hasTrivialConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
5628 return true;
5629 }
5630 }
5631
5632 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
5633 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) {
5634 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)))
5635 return false;
5636 }
5637
5638 return true;
5639}